1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
8 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
22 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
26 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
27 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
35 #include "blockinput.h"
37 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
38 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
39 #include "syssignal.h"
41 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
42 if this is not done before the other system files. */
44 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
46 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
47 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
49 #include <sys/types.h>
53 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
54 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
58 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
65 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
66 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
69 #include "character.h"
72 #include "dispextern.h"
74 #include "termhooks.h"
77 #include "emacs-icon.h"
82 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
146 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
147 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #ifndef XtNinitialState
154 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
162 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
167 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
169 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
171 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
174 static int any_help_event_p
;
176 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
177 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
179 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
181 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
183 /* Non-zero means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line. */
185 int x_underline_at_descent_line
;
187 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
190 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
192 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
193 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
194 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
195 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
197 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
199 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
200 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
201 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
202 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
204 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
206 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
208 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
211 /* The application context for Xt use. */
212 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
213 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
214 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
216 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
218 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
220 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
221 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
223 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
225 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
226 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
227 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
229 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
233 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
234 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
235 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
236 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
238 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
240 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
241 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
242 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
243 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
244 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
245 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
246 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
247 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
248 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
251 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
253 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
254 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
255 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
257 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
259 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
260 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
263 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
264 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
267 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
269 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
270 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
271 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
272 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
273 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
274 it's somewhat accurate. */
276 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
278 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
280 static Time last_user_time
;
282 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
286 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
288 static int input_signal_count
;
291 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
293 static int x_noop_count
;
295 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
297 extern char **initial_argv
;
298 extern int initial_argc
;
300 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
302 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
304 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
306 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
310 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
312 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
314 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
316 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
317 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
318 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
320 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
321 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
324 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
325 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
328 /* Used in x_flush. */
330 extern Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay
;
332 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
333 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
335 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
336 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
337 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
338 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
340 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
341 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
342 void x_delete_terminal
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
343 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
344 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
346 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct terminal
*));
347 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
348 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
349 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
350 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
351 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
352 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
353 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
354 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
355 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
356 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
357 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
358 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
359 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
361 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
362 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
363 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
364 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
365 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
366 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
367 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
368 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
369 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
371 static void x_handle_net_wm_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*));
372 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
373 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
374 static void x_sync_with_move
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
375 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
376 int *, struct input_event
*));
377 /* Don't declare this NO_RETURN because we want no
378 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
379 static SIGTYPE x_connection_closed
P_ ((Display
*, char *));
382 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
388 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
389 connection may be broken. */
390 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
396 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
397 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
398 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
399 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
401 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
402 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
407 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
408 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
409 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
410 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
411 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
414 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
417 /***********************************************************************
419 ***********************************************************************/
423 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
424 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
432 struct record event_record
[100];
434 int event_record_index
;
436 record_event (locus
, type
)
440 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
441 event_record_index
= 0;
443 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
444 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
445 event_record_index
++;
452 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
454 struct x_display_info
*
455 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
458 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
460 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
461 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
467 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
468 #define OPACITY "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY"
471 x_set_frame_alpha (f
)
474 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
475 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
476 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
478 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
481 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
!= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
)
482 /* Since the WM decoration lies under the FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW,
483 we must treat the former instead of the latter. */
484 win
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT(f
)->parent_desc
;
486 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
491 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
492 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
493 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
494 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
498 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
500 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
503 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
505 /* return unless necessary */
510 unsigned long n
, left
;
512 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
513 rc
= XGetWindowProperty(dpy
, win
, XInternAtom(dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
514 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
515 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
518 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
519 if (*(unsigned long *)data
== opac
)
521 XFree ((void *) data
);
526 XFree ((void *) data
);
530 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
531 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, XInternAtom (dpy
, OPACITY
, False
),
532 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
533 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
538 x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
)
539 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
541 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
545 x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
)
546 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
548 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
552 /***********************************************************************
553 Starting and ending an update
554 ***********************************************************************/
556 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
557 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
558 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
559 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
560 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
570 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
571 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
575 x_update_window_begin (w
)
578 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
579 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
582 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
586 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
588 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
589 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
591 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
593 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
594 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
601 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
604 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
608 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
611 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
613 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
616 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
617 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
620 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
622 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
623 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
625 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
626 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
627 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
629 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
630 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
634 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
636 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
638 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
640 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
645 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
647 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
649 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
650 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
655 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
656 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
657 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
659 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
660 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
661 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
664 updated_window
= NULL
;
668 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
675 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
676 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
680 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
686 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
687 complete update has been performed. The global variable
688 updated_window is not available here. */
691 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
696 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
698 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
699 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
702 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
703 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
704 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
705 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
706 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
713 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
714 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
715 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
716 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
717 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
718 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
721 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
722 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
724 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
730 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
731 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
733 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
734 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
735 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
736 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
737 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
738 overhead is very small. */
739 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
740 && desired_row
->full_width_p
741 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
742 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
744 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
747 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
749 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
750 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
751 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
755 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
756 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
757 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
758 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
759 y
, width
, height
, False
);
765 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
767 struct glyph_row
*row
;
768 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
770 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
771 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
772 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
773 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
774 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
777 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
778 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
781 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
784 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
785 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
786 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
787 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
789 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
792 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
796 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
798 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
799 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
800 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
801 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
803 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
805 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
807 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
808 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
809 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
810 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
811 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
812 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
813 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
814 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
816 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
820 int left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
821 int width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
822 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
826 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
827 if (left
+ width
== p
->x
)
828 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
829 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== left
)
833 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
835 nx
= width
- sb_width
;
836 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
838 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
843 if (left
+ width
== bx
)
845 bx
= left
+ sb_width
;
846 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
848 else if (bx
+ nx
== left
)
849 nx
+= width
- sb_width
;
854 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
855 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
858 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
864 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
865 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
869 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
871 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
873 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
875 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
877 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
878 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
880 face
->background
, depth
);
884 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
885 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
888 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
889 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
890 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
891 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
894 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
895 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
896 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
900 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
901 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
902 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
906 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
911 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
912 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
913 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
917 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
921 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
922 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
925 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
930 /***********************************************************************
932 ***********************************************************************/
936 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
937 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
938 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
940 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
941 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
942 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
943 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
944 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
945 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
946 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
947 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
948 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
949 unsigned long *, double, int));
950 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
951 double, int, unsigned long));
952 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
953 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
954 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
955 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
956 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
957 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
959 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
960 int, int, int, int, int, int,
962 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
963 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
966 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct font
*));
970 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
975 struct glyph_string
*s
;
977 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
978 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
979 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
981 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
984 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
988 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
989 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
991 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
992 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
993 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
994 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
995 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
996 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
997 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
999 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1000 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1001 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1003 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1004 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1007 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1008 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1009 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1011 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1012 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1015 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1016 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1018 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1023 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1026 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1027 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1032 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1033 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1034 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1036 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1038 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1039 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1041 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1042 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1043 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1045 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1046 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1049 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1054 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1055 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1056 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1057 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1059 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1060 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1063 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1064 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1066 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1069 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1073 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1074 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1075 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1078 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1079 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1081 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1085 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1086 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1090 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1091 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1093 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1095 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1097 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1098 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1100 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1102 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1103 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1105 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1107 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1110 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1112 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1113 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1115 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1116 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1118 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1119 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1123 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1124 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1127 /* GC must have been set. */
1128 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1132 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1133 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1136 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1137 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1139 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1140 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1143 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1148 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1149 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1153 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (src
, dst
)
1154 struct glyph_string
*src
, *dst
;
1159 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1161 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1164 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1169 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1172 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1173 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1176 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1177 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1179 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1181 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1183 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1184 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1187 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1188 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1189 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1193 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1195 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1197 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1198 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1199 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1203 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1204 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1209 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1212 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1213 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1217 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1218 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1219 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1220 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1224 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1225 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1226 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1227 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1228 contains the first component of a composition. */
1231 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1232 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1235 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1236 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1237 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1239 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1243 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1244 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1245 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1246 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1247 s
->background_width
,
1248 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1249 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1250 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1252 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1253 || s
->font_not_found_p
1254 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1257 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1258 s
->background_width
,
1259 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1260 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1266 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1269 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1270 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1274 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1275 of S to the right of that box line. */
1276 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1277 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1278 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1282 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1284 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1286 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1288 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1289 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1290 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1292 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1297 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1298 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1301 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1302 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1304 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1306 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1307 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1309 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1310 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1311 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1315 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1318 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1319 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1322 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1324 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1325 of S to the right of that box line. */
1326 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1327 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1328 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1332 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1333 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1334 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1335 this composition. */
1337 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1338 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1339 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1341 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1342 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1343 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1345 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1349 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1350 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1352 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1353 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1355 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1356 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1357 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1362 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1367 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1369 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1370 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1371 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1374 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1378 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1381 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1382 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1383 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1384 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1391 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1396 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1398 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1399 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1400 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1401 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1402 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1405 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1406 cannot be determined. */
1408 static struct frame
*
1409 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1412 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1416 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1418 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1419 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1420 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1421 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1422 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1423 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1425 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1426 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1427 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1428 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1429 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1431 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1432 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1433 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1440 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1441 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1442 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1443 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1446 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1451 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1452 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1456 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1457 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1458 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1459 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1460 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1461 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1464 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1468 unsigned long *pixel
;
1472 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1473 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1477 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1478 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1480 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1482 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1484 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1489 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1490 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1492 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1495 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1497 DPY is the display we are working on.
1499 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1500 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1501 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1502 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1504 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1505 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1507 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1508 we allocated the color or not.
1510 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1513 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1517 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1518 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1528 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1529 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1531 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1535 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1536 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1537 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1539 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1541 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1542 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1544 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1546 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1547 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1549 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1550 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1552 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1553 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1558 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1560 params
[0] = color_name
;
1561 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1562 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1563 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1568 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1570 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1572 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1576 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1580 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1581 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1584 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1589 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1590 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1591 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1593 APP is the application context in which we work.
1595 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1596 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1597 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1599 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1602 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1611 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1613 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1616 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1618 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1619 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1620 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1621 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1622 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1627 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1630 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1631 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1632 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1633 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1635 static const XColor
*
1636 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1640 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1642 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1644 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1647 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1648 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1649 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1650 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1651 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1653 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1654 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1656 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1657 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1660 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1661 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1665 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1666 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1669 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1674 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1676 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1679 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1681 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1682 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1683 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1684 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1688 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1692 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1693 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1696 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1700 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1704 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1705 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1706 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1710 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1717 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1720 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1721 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1722 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1723 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1725 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1727 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1729 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1731 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1732 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1733 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1734 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1736 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1739 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1743 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1744 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1745 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1746 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1750 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1751 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1752 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1753 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1754 XColor
*cached_color
;
1756 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1757 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1758 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1759 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1760 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1762 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1763 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1764 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1768 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1770 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1771 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1777 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1778 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1779 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1783 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1788 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1789 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1793 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1794 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1795 get color reference counts right. */
1798 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1800 unsigned long pixel
;
1804 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1806 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1807 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1809 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1810 register_color (pixel
);
1816 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1817 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1818 get color reference counts right. */
1821 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1824 unsigned long pixel
;
1828 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1830 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1831 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1833 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1834 register_color (pixel
);
1840 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1843 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1844 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1845 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1846 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1847 use an additional additive factor.
1849 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1850 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1851 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1854 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1855 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1856 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1857 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1858 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1859 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1862 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1866 unsigned long *pixel
;
1874 /* Get RGB color values. */
1875 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1876 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1878 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1879 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1880 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1881 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1882 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1884 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1885 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1887 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1888 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1889 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1890 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1891 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1893 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1894 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1895 /* The additive adjustment. */
1896 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1900 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1901 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1902 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1906 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1907 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1908 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1912 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1913 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1916 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1918 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1919 delta to the RGB values. */
1920 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1922 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1923 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1924 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1925 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1936 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1937 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1938 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1939 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1940 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1941 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1944 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1946 struct relief
*relief
;
1949 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1952 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1953 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1954 unsigned long pixel
;
1955 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1956 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1957 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1958 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1960 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1961 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1963 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1964 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1965 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1967 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1969 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1970 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1973 /* Allocate new color. */
1974 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1976 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1977 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1979 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1980 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1983 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1985 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1987 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1990 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1994 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1997 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1998 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2000 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2001 unsigned long color
;
2003 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2004 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2005 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2007 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2008 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2013 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2014 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2015 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2018 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2019 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2021 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2022 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2023 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2024 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2025 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2030 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2031 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2032 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2033 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2034 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2035 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2039 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2040 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2042 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2043 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2044 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2046 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2047 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2052 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2054 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2055 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2059 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2060 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2061 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2062 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2066 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2067 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2068 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2070 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2072 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2074 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2075 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2079 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2080 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2081 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2082 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2086 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2087 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2088 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2090 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2094 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2095 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2096 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2097 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2098 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2099 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2102 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2103 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2104 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2105 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2106 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2110 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2111 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2112 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2115 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2116 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2120 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2121 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2124 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2125 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2129 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2130 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2132 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2133 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2137 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2140 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2141 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2143 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2144 int left_p
, right_p
;
2145 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2146 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2148 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2149 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2150 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2152 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2153 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2155 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2157 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2158 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2160 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2162 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2164 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2166 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2167 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2169 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2170 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2171 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2173 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2175 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2177 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2178 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2179 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2182 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2183 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2184 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2189 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2192 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2193 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2196 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2198 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2199 right of that line. */
2200 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2201 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2203 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2205 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2207 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2208 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2209 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2210 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2216 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2217 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2218 trust on the shape extension to be available
2219 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2221 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2224 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2226 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2227 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2228 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2229 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2230 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2232 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2235 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2236 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2237 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2238 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2239 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2240 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2244 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2246 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2249 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2250 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2251 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2252 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2253 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2254 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2256 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2257 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2258 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2259 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2260 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2261 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2262 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2264 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2266 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2268 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2269 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2274 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2275 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2276 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2280 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2283 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2284 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2286 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2289 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2291 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2292 right of that line. */
2293 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2294 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2296 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2298 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2300 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2301 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2302 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2303 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2305 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2306 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2308 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2309 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2313 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2314 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2319 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2320 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2322 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2323 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2324 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2326 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2328 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2333 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2336 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2337 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2341 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2343 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2344 right of that line. */
2345 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2346 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2348 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2350 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2352 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2353 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2354 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2355 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2361 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2362 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2363 trust on the shape extension to be available
2364 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2366 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2370 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2371 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2372 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2373 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2374 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2376 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2377 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2378 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2379 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2383 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2384 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2385 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2387 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2388 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2389 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2390 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2391 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2392 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2393 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2395 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2397 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2398 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2399 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2404 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2405 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2406 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2410 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2411 give the rectangle to draw. */
2414 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2415 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2420 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2421 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2422 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2423 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2426 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2430 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2433 s->x +-------------------------
2436 | +-------------------------
2439 | | +-------------------
2445 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2446 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2448 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2449 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2451 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2454 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2455 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2456 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2457 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2459 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2460 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2462 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2463 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2467 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2468 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2472 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2473 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2474 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2475 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2476 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2478 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2479 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2480 s
->background_width
,
2483 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2485 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2487 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2490 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2491 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2492 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2493 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2494 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2495 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2496 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2501 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2503 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2504 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2505 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2506 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2514 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2516 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2518 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2519 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2521 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2524 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2527 /* Draw the foreground. */
2530 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2531 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2532 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2533 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2534 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2537 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2539 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2541 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2542 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2543 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2547 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2550 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2551 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2553 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2555 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2556 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2558 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2559 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2560 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2561 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2565 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2568 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2571 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2573 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2574 if (width
< background_width
)
2577 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2582 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2583 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2585 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2591 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2592 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2594 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2596 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2597 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2598 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2599 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2604 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2605 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2606 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2607 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2611 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2613 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2614 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2616 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2617 except for header line and mode line. */
2618 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2620 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2623 if (background_width
> 0)
2624 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2627 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2631 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2634 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2635 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2637 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2639 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2640 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2641 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2642 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2645 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2647 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2648 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2649 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2650 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2652 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2653 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2654 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2655 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2657 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2658 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2662 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2663 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2665 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2666 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2667 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2668 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2669 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2670 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2673 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2674 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2675 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2676 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2679 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2681 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2682 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2683 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2684 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2685 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2686 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2688 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2690 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2693 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2697 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2701 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2702 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2704 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2705 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2708 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2709 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2710 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2711 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2713 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2714 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2721 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2723 /* Draw underline. */
2724 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2726 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2729 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2731 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2732 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2733 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2737 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2738 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2739 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2742 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2743 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2746 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2747 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2748 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2749 specs, and its default is
2751 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2752 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2754 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2755 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2756 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2758 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2760 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2762 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2764 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2765 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2766 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2767 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2768 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2769 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2770 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2771 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2772 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2773 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2774 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2775 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2779 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2780 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2781 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2782 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2783 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2787 /* Draw overline. */
2788 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2790 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2792 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2793 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2798 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2799 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2800 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2802 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2806 /* Draw strike-through. */
2807 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2809 unsigned long h
= 1;
2810 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2812 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2813 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2818 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2819 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2820 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2822 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2826 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2827 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2828 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2832 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2834 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2835 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2836 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2838 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2839 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2840 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2843 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2844 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2845 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2846 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2848 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2849 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2851 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2857 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2859 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2860 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2861 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2863 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2864 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2865 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2868 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2869 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2870 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2871 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2873 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2874 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2876 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2881 /* Reset clipping. */
2882 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2886 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2889 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2891 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2893 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2894 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2895 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2899 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2903 x_delete_glyphs (f
, n
)
2911 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2912 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2915 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2922 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2923 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2927 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2930 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2932 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2934 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2935 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2936 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2938 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2939 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2941 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2943 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2944 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2945 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2947 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2954 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2956 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2957 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2959 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2962 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2963 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2966 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2967 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2969 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2970 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2971 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2973 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2974 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2978 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2980 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2981 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2985 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2987 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2988 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2990 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2992 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
3004 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3005 pixels into background pixels. */
3009 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3010 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3011 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3013 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3014 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3018 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3019 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3020 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3021 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3022 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3023 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3024 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3028 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3029 edge it is next to. */
3030 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3032 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3033 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3036 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3037 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3044 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3046 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3047 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3049 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3051 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3052 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3053 width
, flash_height
);
3054 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3056 (height
- flash_height
3057 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3058 width
, flash_height
);
3061 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3062 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3063 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3064 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3069 struct timeval wakeup
;
3071 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
3073 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
3074 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
3075 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
3076 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
3078 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3080 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3082 struct timeval current
;
3083 struct timeval timeout
;
3085 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
3087 /* Break if result would be negative. */
3088 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
3091 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3093 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
3095 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3096 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
3100 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3101 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3103 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3105 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3106 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
3107 width
, flash_height
);
3108 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3110 (height
- flash_height
3111 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3112 width
, flash_height
);
3115 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3116 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3117 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3118 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3120 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3128 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3132 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (f
, invisible
)
3139 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3140 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3141 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3144 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3145 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3150 /* Make audible bell. */
3155 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3157 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3159 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3166 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3167 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3174 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3175 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3176 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3177 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3180 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3183 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3188 /***********************************************************************
3190 ***********************************************************************/
3192 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3193 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3196 x_ins_del_lines (f
, vpos
, n
)
3204 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3207 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3211 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3212 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3214 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3215 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3217 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3219 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3220 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3221 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3225 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3226 line at the bottom. */
3227 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3228 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3230 height
= run
->height
;
3234 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3236 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3237 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3239 height
= run
->height
;
3244 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3248 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3249 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3250 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3260 /***********************************************************************
3262 ***********************************************************************/
3269 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3270 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3271 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3272 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3274 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3275 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3277 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3278 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3282 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3285 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3286 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3287 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3288 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3290 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3291 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3293 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3294 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3297 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3298 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3299 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3300 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3301 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3304 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3305 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3306 struct frame
*frame
;
3308 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3310 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3312 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3313 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3314 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3316 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3317 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3319 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3320 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3322 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3325 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3328 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3329 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3330 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3333 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3336 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3337 struct frame
*frame
;
3338 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3340 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3342 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3344 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3345 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3347 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3348 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3349 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3350 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3351 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3353 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3354 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3358 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3361 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3362 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3365 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3367 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3369 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3371 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3372 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3376 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3377 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3382 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3383 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3385 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3388 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3389 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3391 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3393 struct frame
*frame
;
3395 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3399 switch (event
->type
)
3404 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3406 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3408 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3409 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3410 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3411 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3413 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3419 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3420 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3421 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3422 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3426 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3428 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3429 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3430 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3437 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3440 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3441 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3443 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3446 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3447 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3448 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3450 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3451 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3452 the appropriate X display info. */
3455 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3456 struct frame
*frame
;
3458 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3462 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3463 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3465 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3467 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3469 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3470 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3471 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3472 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3473 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3475 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3476 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3480 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3482 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3485 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3486 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3487 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3493 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3495 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3497 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3498 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3500 int min_code
, max_code
;
3503 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3505 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3506 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3507 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3508 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3509 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3511 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3513 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3514 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3516 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3518 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3519 Alt keysyms are on. */
3521 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3522 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3524 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3526 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3527 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3529 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3531 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3535 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3539 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3541 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3547 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3548 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3553 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3554 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3559 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3560 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3561 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3562 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3567 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3568 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3569 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3570 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3574 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3575 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3576 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3577 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3578 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3587 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3588 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3590 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3591 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3594 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3595 make them just meta, not alt. */
3596 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3598 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3601 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3602 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3605 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3609 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3610 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3613 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3614 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3615 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3616 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3619 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3620 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3621 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3622 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3623 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3624 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3625 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3626 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3629 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3630 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3631 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3632 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3633 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3634 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3638 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3639 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3642 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3643 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3644 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3645 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3649 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3650 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3651 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3652 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3653 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3654 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3655 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3656 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3659 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3660 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3661 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3662 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3663 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3664 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3667 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3670 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3676 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3684 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3686 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3688 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3692 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3693 struct input_event
*result
;
3694 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3697 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3699 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3700 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3701 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3702 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3704 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3708 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3709 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3710 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3716 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3717 The input handler calls this.
3719 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3720 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3721 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3722 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3724 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3725 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3728 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3730 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3732 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3733 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3734 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3736 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3739 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3741 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3742 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3743 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3744 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3749 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3750 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3751 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3752 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3753 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3754 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3756 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3757 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3758 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3759 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3760 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3761 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3769 /************************************************************************
3771 ************************************************************************/
3774 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3776 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3777 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3778 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3779 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3780 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3785 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3786 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3788 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3789 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3790 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3791 position on the scroll bar.
3793 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3794 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3797 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3798 was at this position.
3800 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3802 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3806 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3809 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3810 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3812 unsigned long *time
;
3818 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3819 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3825 Window dummy_window
;
3828 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3830 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3831 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3832 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3833 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3834 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3836 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3838 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3839 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3840 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3842 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3845 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3846 a different screen. */
3849 /* The position on that root window. */
3852 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3855 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3857 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3859 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3860 containing the pointer. */
3864 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3868 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3869 structure is changing at the same time this function
3870 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3872 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3874 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3875 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3877 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3878 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3879 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3881 /* From-window, to-window. */
3882 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3884 /* From-position, to-position. */
3885 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3889 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3895 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3897 /* From-window, to-window. */
3900 /* From-position, to-position. */
3901 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3906 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3914 /* Now we know that:
3915 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3916 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3917 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3918 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3919 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3920 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3921 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3922 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3923 never use them in that case.) */
3925 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3926 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3928 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3929 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3932 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3933 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3935 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3938 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3941 x_uncatch_errors ();
3943 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3946 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3948 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3952 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3958 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3959 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3963 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3964 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3965 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3966 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3967 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3968 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3969 the frame are divided into. */
3971 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3972 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
3977 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3978 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3979 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3989 /***********************************************************************
3991 ***********************************************************************/
3993 /* Scroll bar support. */
3995 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3997 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4000 static struct scroll_bar
*
4001 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
4007 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4008 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4009 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4011 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4013 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4015 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4016 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4017 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4020 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4023 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4025 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4026 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4027 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4028 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4029 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4032 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4033 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4034 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4035 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4042 #if defined USE_LUCID
4044 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4045 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4048 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
4053 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4055 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4057 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4058 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4060 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4068 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4071 /************************************************************************
4073 ************************************************************************/
4075 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4077 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
4078 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
4079 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
4080 struct scroll_bar
*));
4081 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4085 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4086 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4088 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4090 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4092 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4094 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4095 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4098 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4100 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4102 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4104 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4105 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4106 to avoid jerkyness. */
4108 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4110 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4111 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4112 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4113 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4116 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4119 XtPointer client_data
;
4123 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4129 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4130 end_action
= "Release";
4131 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4132 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4133 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4134 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4137 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4138 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4142 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4143 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4144 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4146 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4148 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4149 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4150 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4152 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4153 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4155 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4156 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4159 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4161 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4162 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4164 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4165 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4168 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4169 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4170 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4171 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4174 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4176 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4179 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4180 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4181 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4186 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4187 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4188 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4189 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4190 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4193 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4194 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4195 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4196 into that array in the event. */
4197 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4198 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4201 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4203 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4204 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4205 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4207 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4209 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4210 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4213 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4214 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4215 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4216 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4217 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4218 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4220 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4221 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4222 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4223 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4226 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4227 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4228 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4229 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4234 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4238 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4240 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4242 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4247 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4248 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4250 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4251 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4253 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4254 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4257 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4259 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4261 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4262 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4263 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4264 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4265 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4271 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4273 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4276 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4277 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4278 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4281 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4283 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4285 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4286 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4287 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4291 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4292 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4293 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4296 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4297 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4298 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4301 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4302 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4303 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4306 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4307 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4308 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4312 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4313 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4316 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4317 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4318 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4325 /* Get the slider size. */
4327 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4330 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4331 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4332 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4333 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4337 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4343 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4344 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4345 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4349 #elif defined USE_GTK
4351 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4352 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4355 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4359 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4365 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4366 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4368 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4370 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4373 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4375 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4381 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4383 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4385 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4387 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4388 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4390 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4392 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4393 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4395 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4397 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4398 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4400 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4402 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4403 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4407 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4408 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4409 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4410 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4415 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4416 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4417 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4421 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4423 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4424 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4425 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4429 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4431 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4433 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4434 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4436 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4439 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4441 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4445 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4447 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4448 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4449 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4450 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4451 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4453 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4455 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4457 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4458 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4459 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4460 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4464 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4465 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4466 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4467 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4468 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4469 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4470 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4473 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4475 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4477 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4478 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4479 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4483 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4485 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4488 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4489 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4491 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4492 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4493 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4494 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4496 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4498 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4499 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4500 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4501 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4504 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4506 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4508 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4509 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4513 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4515 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4517 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4520 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4525 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4528 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4530 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4536 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4537 unsigned long pixel
;
4542 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4543 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4544 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4545 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4546 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4547 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4548 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4549 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4551 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4554 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4558 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4561 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4565 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4566 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4568 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4569 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4571 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4573 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4575 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4577 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4579 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4581 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4584 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4585 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4587 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4588 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4589 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4590 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4592 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4594 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4595 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4596 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4597 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4598 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4599 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4600 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4601 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4603 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4606 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4610 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4613 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4617 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4619 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4620 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4622 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4623 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4624 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4626 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4628 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4630 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4631 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4632 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4634 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4637 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4638 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4639 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4640 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4641 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4642 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4644 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4648 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4649 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4650 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4652 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4654 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4657 /* Specify the colors. */
4658 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4661 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4664 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4667 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4673 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4674 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4678 char *val
= initial
;
4679 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4680 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4681 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4683 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4684 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4685 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4686 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4687 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4688 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4692 /* Define callbacks. */
4693 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4694 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4697 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4698 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4700 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4702 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4703 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4704 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4705 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4707 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4708 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4709 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4710 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4714 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4717 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4718 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4722 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4723 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4724 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4726 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4729 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4731 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4732 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4733 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4735 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4736 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4743 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4744 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4745 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4746 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4747 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4748 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4749 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4750 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4751 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4752 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4753 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4754 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4755 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4756 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4763 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4764 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4767 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4771 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4772 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4774 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4775 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4776 size
= max (size
, 1);
4778 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4779 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4780 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4782 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4784 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4790 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4791 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4795 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4797 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4798 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4799 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4803 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4804 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4805 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4808 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4809 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4811 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4812 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4813 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4814 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4816 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4817 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4820 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4821 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4822 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4824 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4828 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4832 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4834 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4838 /************************************************************************
4839 Scroll bars, general
4840 ************************************************************************/
4842 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4843 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4844 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4847 static struct scroll_bar
*
4848 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4850 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4852 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4853 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4854 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4858 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4859 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4860 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4862 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4866 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4867 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4868 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4870 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4871 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4873 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4875 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4877 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4878 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4879 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4880 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4881 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4883 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4885 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4886 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4887 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4889 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4891 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4898 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4900 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4902 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4906 bar
->height
= height
;
4909 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4910 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
4912 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4913 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4915 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4916 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4917 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4919 /* Map the window/widget. */
4920 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4923 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4926 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4927 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4929 xg_show_scroll_bar (bar
->x_window
);
4930 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4931 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4932 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4933 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4935 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4936 max (height
, 1), 0);
4937 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4938 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4940 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4941 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
4942 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4949 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4951 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4953 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4954 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4955 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4958 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4959 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4960 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4961 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4962 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4965 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4966 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4970 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4971 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
4972 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4973 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4975 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4977 && start
== bar
->start
4984 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
4985 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
4986 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
4988 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4989 the distance between start and end. */
4991 int length
= end
- start
;
4995 else if (start
> top_range
)
4997 end
= start
+ length
;
5001 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5005 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5009 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5010 if (end
> top_range
)
5013 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5014 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5015 that many pixels tall. */
5016 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5018 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5019 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5021 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5022 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5023 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5024 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5025 inside_width
, start
,
5028 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5029 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5030 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5031 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5033 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5034 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5035 /* x, y, width, height */
5036 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5037 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5038 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5040 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5041 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5042 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5043 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5045 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5046 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5047 if (end
< inside_height
)
5048 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5049 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5050 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5051 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5052 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5060 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5062 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5066 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5067 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5069 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5072 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5074 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5075 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5076 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5077 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5079 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5082 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5083 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5089 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5090 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5091 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5095 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5097 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5099 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5100 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5101 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5102 int window_y
, window_height
;
5103 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5104 int fringe_extended_p
;
5107 /* Get window dimensions. */
5108 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5110 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5111 height
= window_height
;
5113 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5114 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5116 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5117 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5118 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5119 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5123 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5125 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5126 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5128 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5130 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5131 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5136 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5137 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5138 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5139 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5140 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5141 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5143 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5144 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5145 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5146 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5149 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5150 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5152 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5155 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5156 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5157 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5158 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5161 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5162 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5166 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5170 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5171 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5173 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5177 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5179 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5181 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5183 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5186 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5188 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5189 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5191 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5192 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5193 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5195 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5196 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5197 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5199 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5200 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5203 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5206 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5207 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5209 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5210 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5211 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5213 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5214 max (height
, 1), 0);
5215 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5217 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5219 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5220 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5221 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5223 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5224 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5226 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5227 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5228 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5232 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5233 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5234 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5237 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5238 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5239 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5241 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5242 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5243 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5244 rest
, height
, False
);
5246 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5247 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5251 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5256 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5258 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5260 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5264 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5266 /* Remember new settings. */
5267 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5269 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5270 bar
->height
= height
;
5275 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5276 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5278 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5279 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5280 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5282 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5284 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5287 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5290 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5291 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5292 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5295 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5297 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5301 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5302 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5303 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5304 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5305 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5306 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5307 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5309 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5310 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5311 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5314 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5317 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5318 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5321 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5322 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5323 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5324 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5325 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5326 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5327 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5332 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5333 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5336 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5337 struct window
*window
;
5339 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5342 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5343 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5346 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5348 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5349 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5350 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5352 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5354 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5355 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5357 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5358 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5359 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5361 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5362 one or the other! */
5366 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5368 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5369 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5371 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5373 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5374 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5375 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5378 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5379 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5382 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5385 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5387 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5389 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5390 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5391 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5393 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5395 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5397 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5400 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5403 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5404 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5408 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5409 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5410 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5412 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5416 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5417 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5420 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5421 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5422 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5423 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5427 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5429 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5430 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5431 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5432 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5434 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5435 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5437 /* x, y, width, height */
5439 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5442 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5443 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5444 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5445 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5450 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5452 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5453 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5455 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5460 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5461 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5463 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5465 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5468 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5469 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5470 emacs_event
->modifiers
5471 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5472 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5473 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5474 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5477 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5478 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5479 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5482 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5483 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5486 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5489 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5490 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5491 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5493 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5495 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5496 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5497 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5498 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5500 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5501 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5503 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5504 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5508 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5509 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5513 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5515 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5517 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5521 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5522 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5525 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5527 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5530 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5532 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5533 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5535 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5536 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5538 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5540 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5542 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5547 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5549 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5550 on the scroll bar. */
5553 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5555 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5556 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5558 unsigned long *time
;
5560 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5561 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5562 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5564 Window dummy_window
;
5566 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5570 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5572 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5574 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5575 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5576 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5578 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5581 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5587 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5589 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5591 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5592 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5596 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5600 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5602 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5603 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5604 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5605 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5606 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5607 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5609 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5611 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5612 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5615 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5618 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5624 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5625 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5626 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5630 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5633 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5636 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5637 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5638 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5639 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5640 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5641 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5642 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5643 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5645 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5649 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5651 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5652 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5653 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5654 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5656 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5657 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5659 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5661 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5662 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5664 static int temp_index
;
5665 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5667 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5668 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5670 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5672 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5673 on a particular display. */
5675 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5677 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5678 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5679 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5680 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5682 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5684 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5687 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5688 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5689 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5690 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5691 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5692 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5696 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5697 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5707 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5708 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5709 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5711 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5713 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5717 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5718 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5721 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5722 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5723 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5726 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5727 event
->xclient
.window
);
5729 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5734 static int current_count
;
5735 static int current_finish
;
5736 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5738 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5739 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5740 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5741 static GdkFilterReturn
5742 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5747 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5749 if (current_count
>= 0)
5751 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5753 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5756 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5757 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5758 so we do it here. */
5759 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5760 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5761 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5765 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5769 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5774 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5776 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5777 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5779 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5781 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5784 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5786 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5787 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5788 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5790 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5793 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5794 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5797 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5800 struct input_event ie
;
5801 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5806 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5807 struct coding_system coding
;
5808 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5810 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5812 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5813 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5820 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5821 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5822 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5824 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5825 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5827 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5828 could be the shell widget window
5829 if the frame has no title bar. */
5830 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5832 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5833 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5834 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5836 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5837 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5838 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5839 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5840 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5843 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5844 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5845 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5846 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5849 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5850 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5851 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5854 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5855 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5856 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5858 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5859 /* The ICCCM says this is
5860 the only valid choice. */
5862 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5863 /* This is needed to detect the error
5864 if there is an error. */
5866 x_uncatch_errors ();
5868 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5873 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5874 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5876 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5877 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5878 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5879 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5880 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5881 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5882 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5883 session manager and one for this. */
5885 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5888 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5889 event
.xclient
.window
);
5890 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5891 for a single Emacs process. */
5892 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5893 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5894 event
.xclient
.window
,
5895 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5897 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5898 event
.xclient
.window
,
5904 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5905 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5907 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5908 event
.xclient
.window
);
5910 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5912 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5913 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5920 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5921 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5926 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5927 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5930 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5932 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5933 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5937 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5944 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5945 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5947 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5949 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5953 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5955 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5956 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5957 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5958 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5960 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5961 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5962 currently never do because we are interested in
5963 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5964 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5965 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5968 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5969 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5973 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5974 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5975 we construct an input_event. */
5976 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5977 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5979 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5980 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5983 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5985 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5986 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5987 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5989 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5990 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5991 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
5993 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5997 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6000 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6001 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6005 case SelectionNotify
:
6006 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6007 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6008 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6010 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6011 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6014 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6015 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6016 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6017 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6019 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6021 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6023 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6024 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6025 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6026 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6027 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6031 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6032 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6033 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6034 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6036 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6038 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6039 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6041 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6042 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6043 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6044 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6045 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6046 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6047 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6048 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6052 case PropertyNotify
:
6053 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6054 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6055 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6056 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
);
6058 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6061 case ReparentNotify
:
6062 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6066 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6067 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6071 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6072 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6073 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6078 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6082 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6083 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6084 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6085 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6086 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6089 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6091 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6092 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6093 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6094 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6098 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6099 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6103 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6104 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6106 #if defined USE_LUCID
6107 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6108 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6109 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6112 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6114 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6116 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6118 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6119 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6121 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6122 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6123 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6126 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6127 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6130 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6131 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6135 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6136 source area was obscured or not
6138 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6142 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6143 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6144 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6146 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6149 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6152 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6153 source area was completely
6158 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6159 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6162 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6165 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6166 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6167 the frame was deleted. */
6169 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6170 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6171 display that won't ever be seen. */
6172 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6173 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6174 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6175 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6176 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6177 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6178 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6179 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6181 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6183 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6184 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6190 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6191 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6192 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6195 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6196 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6197 frame is visible. */
6198 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6201 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6202 the frame's display structures.
6203 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6204 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6205 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6206 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6207 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6208 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6210 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6211 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6212 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6216 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6217 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6219 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6220 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6221 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6222 to update the frame titles
6223 in case this is the second frame. */
6224 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6226 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped. */
6227 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6229 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6236 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6237 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6239 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6240 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6241 if (popup_activated ())
6245 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6247 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6248 mouse highlighting. */
6249 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6251 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6253 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6254 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6257 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6260 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6261 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6262 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6264 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6266 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6267 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6270 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6274 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6275 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6276 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6279 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6280 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6281 status_return even if the input is too long to
6282 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6283 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6284 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6285 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6286 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6287 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6288 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6290 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6294 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6295 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6296 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6298 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6302 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6303 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6304 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6306 /* This will have to go some day... */
6308 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6309 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6310 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6311 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6312 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6313 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6314 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6316 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6317 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6318 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6319 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6320 not it is combined with Meta. */
6321 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6322 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6327 Status status_return
;
6329 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6330 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6331 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6332 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6334 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6336 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6337 copy_bufptr
= (unsigned char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6338 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6339 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6340 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6343 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6344 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6346 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6351 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6352 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6356 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6357 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6360 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6361 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6365 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6366 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6367 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6370 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6371 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6373 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6374 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6376 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6377 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6379 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6380 translations to characters. */
6381 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6382 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6384 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6385 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6389 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6390 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6392 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6393 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6395 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6396 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6400 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6401 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6402 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6406 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6407 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6408 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6409 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6413 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6414 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6415 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6416 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6417 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6418 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6420 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6421 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6423 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6424 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6425 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6426 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6427 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6428 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6430 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6431 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6433 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6434 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6436 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6437 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6439 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6440 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6442 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6443 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6445 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6446 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6448 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6449 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6451 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6452 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6454 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6455 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6457 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6458 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6460 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6461 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6463 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6464 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6466 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6467 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6469 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6470 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6471 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6472 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6473 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6474 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6475 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6476 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6477 don't have real modifiers but
6478 should be treated similarly to
6479 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6480 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6481 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6483 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6484 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6488 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6489 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6491 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6492 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6496 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6501 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6503 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6505 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6508 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6510 /* Decode the input data. */
6514 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6515 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6516 we used just above and the locale. */
6517 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6518 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6519 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6520 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6521 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6522 gives us composition information. */
6523 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6525 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6526 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6527 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6528 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6529 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6530 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6531 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6532 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6535 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6536 character events. */
6537 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6539 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6540 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6542 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6544 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6545 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6546 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6548 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6553 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6555 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6561 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6562 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6570 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6572 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6573 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6581 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6582 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6584 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6586 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6587 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6589 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6590 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6591 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6592 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6594 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6595 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6596 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6597 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6602 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6606 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6607 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6609 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6612 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6614 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6615 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6616 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6617 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6620 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6621 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6622 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6623 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6624 if (any_help_event_p
)
6628 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6629 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6630 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6635 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6640 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6641 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6642 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6644 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6645 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6646 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6648 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6650 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6652 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6653 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6659 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6660 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6661 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6665 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6666 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6669 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6670 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6671 will be selected only when it is active. */
6672 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6673 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6674 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6675 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6676 create event iff we don't leave the
6678 && (focus_follows_mouse
6679 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6680 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6682 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6683 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6688 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6689 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6693 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6694 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6695 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6696 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6699 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6700 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6702 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6703 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6704 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6707 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6708 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6709 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6710 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6715 case ConfigureNotify
:
6716 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6719 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6720 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6722 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6723 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6729 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6731 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6732 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6734 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6735 is called by the code that handles resizing
6736 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6738 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6739 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6740 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6741 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6742 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6743 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6744 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6746 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6747 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6748 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6751 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6752 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6753 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6757 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6758 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6759 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6760 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6763 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6767 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6768 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6772 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6774 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6775 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6776 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6777 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6786 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6787 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6790 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6791 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6792 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6794 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6796 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6797 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6799 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6803 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6804 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6805 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6808 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6809 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6811 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6812 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6814 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6816 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6817 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6818 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6819 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6824 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6825 if (! popup_activated ())
6828 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6830 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6831 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6833 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6834 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6836 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6837 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6840 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6842 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6843 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6844 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6848 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6849 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6850 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6852 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6853 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6855 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6857 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6858 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6860 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6862 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6863 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6866 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6868 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6869 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6872 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6875 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6877 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6878 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6879 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6883 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6884 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6885 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6886 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6887 Instead, save it away
6888 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6889 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6892 ! popup_activated ()
6893 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6894 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6897 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6898 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6899 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6900 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6901 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6902 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6903 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6904 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6906 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6907 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6909 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6912 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6914 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6918 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6919 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6920 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6922 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6924 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6925 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6926 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6931 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6934 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6938 case CirculateNotify
:
6941 case CirculateRequest
:
6944 case VisibilityNotify
:
6948 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6950 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6952 case MappingModifier
:
6953 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6954 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6955 case MappingKeyboard
:
6956 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6962 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6964 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6965 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6967 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6972 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6974 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6979 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6984 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6990 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6991 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6992 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6996 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6997 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7007 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7008 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7009 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7011 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7013 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7017 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7018 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7020 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7023 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7029 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7030 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7031 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7033 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7034 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7035 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7038 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7041 XTread_socket (terminal
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7042 struct terminal
*terminal
;
7044 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7048 int event_found
= 0;
7050 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7052 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7054 pending_signals
= 1;
7059 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7061 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7065 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7066 input_signal_count
++;
7071 /* Only check session manager input for the primary display. */
7072 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
7074 struct input_event inev
;
7076 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7077 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7078 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7080 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7087 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7088 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7090 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7091 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7095 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7099 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7102 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7103 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7108 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7109 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7111 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7117 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7118 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7119 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7120 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7122 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7123 from all displays. */
7125 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7127 current_count
= count
;
7128 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7130 gtk_main_iteration ();
7132 count
= current_count
;
7134 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7136 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7139 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7143 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7144 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7147 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7148 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7149 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7151 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7155 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7156 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7158 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7160 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7161 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7165 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7167 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7168 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7170 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7171 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7183 /***********************************************************************
7185 ***********************************************************************/
7187 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7188 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7190 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7191 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7192 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7195 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7197 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7201 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7202 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7203 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7205 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7207 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7208 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7209 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7210 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7211 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7213 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7217 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7220 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7222 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7224 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7225 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7226 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7229 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7232 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7233 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7234 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7235 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7238 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7239 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7240 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7242 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7243 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7244 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7245 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7246 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7248 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7249 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7250 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7252 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7253 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7254 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7255 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7259 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7261 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7262 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7263 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7267 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7269 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7271 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7273 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7274 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7276 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7277 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7279 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7280 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7283 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7284 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7285 the bar might not be in the window. */
7286 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7288 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7289 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7290 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7294 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7295 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7296 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7297 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7298 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7301 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7302 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7303 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7304 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7305 that the glyph is legible. */
7306 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7307 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7309 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7310 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7313 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7316 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7317 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7320 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7322 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7325 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7326 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7328 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7330 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7331 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7332 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7333 width
, row
->height
);
7337 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7340 width
= row
->height
;
7342 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7344 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7345 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7347 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7348 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7349 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7350 row
->height
- width
),
7351 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7354 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7359 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7362 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7366 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7367 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7368 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7369 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7373 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7376 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7378 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7380 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7381 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7385 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7388 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7390 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7392 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7395 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7399 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7400 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7402 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7403 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7405 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7406 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7409 switch (cursor_type
)
7411 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7412 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7415 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7416 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7420 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7424 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7428 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7436 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7437 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7438 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7443 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7450 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7453 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7459 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7462 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7463 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7464 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7465 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7470 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7471 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7472 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7474 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7475 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7476 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7480 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7481 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7487 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7488 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7491 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7493 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7495 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7499 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7502 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_xbm_bits
,
7503 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7507 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7508 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7512 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7513 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7514 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7515 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7516 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7518 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7521 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7522 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7528 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7529 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7532 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7536 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7541 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7542 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7544 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7545 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7548 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7549 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7550 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7551 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7556 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7558 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7559 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7561 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7562 be called from a signal handler.
7565 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7566 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7568 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7570 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7572 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7573 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7574 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7577 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7581 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7582 x_error_message
->string
,
7583 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7586 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7587 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7590 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7591 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7592 stored in *x_error_message.
7594 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7595 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7597 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7599 void x_check_errors ();
7602 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7605 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof (*data
));
7607 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7611 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7612 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7613 x_error_message
= data
;
7616 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7617 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7622 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7626 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7627 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7628 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7629 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7631 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7632 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7637 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7638 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7639 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7642 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7646 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7649 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7651 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7652 bcopy (x_error_message
->string
, string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7653 x_uncatch_errors ();
7654 error (format
, string
);
7658 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7659 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7662 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7665 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7668 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7671 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7674 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7677 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7680 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7681 * idea. --lorentey */
7682 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7685 x_fully_uncatch_errors ()
7687 while (x_error_message
)
7688 x_uncatch_errors ();
7692 /* Nonzero if x_catch_errors has been done and not yet canceled. */
7695 x_catching_errors ()
7697 return x_error_message
!= 0;
7701 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7704 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7709 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7710 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7711 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7712 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7713 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7716 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7717 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7720 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7721 must reestablish each time */
7722 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7727 /************************************************************************
7729 ************************************************************************/
7731 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7733 static char *error_msg
;
7735 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7736 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7737 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7740 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7742 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7746 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7747 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7750 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7752 char *error_message
;
7754 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7755 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7756 int index
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7758 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7759 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7760 handling_signal
= 0;
7762 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7763 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7764 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7765 the original message here. */
7766 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7768 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7769 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7773 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7775 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7776 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7779 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7780 that are on the dead display. */
7781 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7783 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7785 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7786 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7787 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7788 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7789 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7790 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7793 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7794 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7795 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7796 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7797 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7798 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7800 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7801 trying to find a replacement. */
7802 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7803 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7806 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7807 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7808 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7810 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7811 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7812 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7814 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7815 in the first call to make-frame-on-display.
7817 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7818 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7819 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to circumvent it here. */
7823 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7824 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7825 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7827 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7828 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7829 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7830 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7835 /* Due to bugs in some Gtk+ versions, just exit here if this
7836 is the last display/terminal. */
7837 if (terminal_list
->next_terminal
== NULL
)
7839 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7840 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7843 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7846 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7847 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7849 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7850 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7851 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7852 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7857 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7858 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7862 x_uncatch_errors ();
7864 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7866 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7867 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7871 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7873 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7875 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7876 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7878 unbind_to (index
, Qnil
);
7879 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7880 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7881 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7882 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7883 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7886 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7887 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7888 static void x_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*, XErrorEvent
*));
7890 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7891 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7894 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7898 if (x_error_message
)
7899 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7901 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7905 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7906 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7907 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7909 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7911 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7912 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7917 /* Some versions of GNU/Linux define noinline in their headers. */
7923 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7924 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7926 static void NO_INLINE
7927 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7931 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7933 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7934 or colors that are not defined. */
7936 if (error
->error_code
== BadName
)
7939 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7940 original error handler. */
7942 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7943 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7944 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7945 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7949 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7950 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7951 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7954 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7959 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7960 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7964 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7966 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7967 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7968 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7972 x_new_font (f
, font_object
, fontset
)
7974 Lisp_Object font_object
;
7977 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7980 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7981 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7982 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7983 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7987 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7988 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7989 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7990 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7991 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7993 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7995 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7996 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7998 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7999 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8000 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8004 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8005 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8008 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8010 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8011 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8012 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8013 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8014 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8019 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8022 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8031 /***********************************************************************
8033 ***********************************************************************/
8039 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8040 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8041 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8044 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8046 XPointer client_data
;
8049 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8050 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8054 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8055 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8057 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8058 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8060 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8061 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8065 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8066 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8067 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8071 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8074 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8075 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8078 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8079 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8082 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8083 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8084 char *resource_name
;
8092 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8093 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8100 XIMCallback destroy
;
8103 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8104 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8107 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8108 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8109 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8115 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8116 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8120 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8122 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8123 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8124 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8125 when the callback was registered. */
8128 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8130 XPointer client_data
;
8133 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8134 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8136 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8140 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8142 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8143 as they have no XIC. */
8144 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8146 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8149 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8151 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8154 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8155 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8157 create_frame_xic (f
);
8158 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8159 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8160 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8162 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8163 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8172 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8175 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8176 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8177 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8178 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8181 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8182 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8183 char *resource_name
;
8185 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8189 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8190 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8193 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8194 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8195 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8196 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8197 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8198 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8199 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8200 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8201 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8202 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8203 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8204 least, hence the configure test. */
8205 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8206 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8207 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8208 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8210 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8214 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8217 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8218 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8223 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8224 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8225 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8227 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8228 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8229 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8230 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8231 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8232 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8233 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8234 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8236 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8239 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8243 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8244 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8247 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8250 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8252 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8253 is already for the top-left corner. */
8254 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8257 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8258 position that fits on the screen. */
8259 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8260 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8261 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8264 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8266 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8267 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8268 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8270 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8271 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8272 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8273 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8276 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8277 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8279 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8282 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8283 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8284 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8287 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8288 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8289 so the flags should correspond. */
8290 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8293 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8294 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8295 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8296 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8297 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8300 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8302 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8305 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8307 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8309 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8310 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8314 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8316 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8318 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8319 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8321 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8324 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8326 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8327 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8329 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8331 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8332 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8333 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8334 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8335 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8338 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8339 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8341 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8342 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8345 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8346 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8347 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8348 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8351 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8352 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8353 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8355 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8356 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8357 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8358 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8359 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8360 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8365 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8366 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8367 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8368 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8369 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8372 wm_supports (f
, atomname
)
8374 const char *atomname
;
8377 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8378 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8380 Window wmcheck_window
;
8381 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8382 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8383 long max_len
= 65536;
8384 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8385 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8386 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8391 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", False
);
8393 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8394 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8395 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8396 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8397 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8399 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8401 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8402 x_uncatch_errors ();
8407 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8410 /* Check if window exists. */
8411 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8413 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8415 x_uncatch_errors ();
8420 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8422 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8423 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8424 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8425 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8426 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8427 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8429 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8430 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, "_NET_SUPPORTED", False
);
8432 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8433 prop_atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8434 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8435 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8437 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8439 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8440 x_uncatch_errors ();
8445 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8446 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8447 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8451 want_atom
= XInternAtom (dpy
, atomname
, False
);
8453 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8454 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8456 x_uncatch_errors ();
8463 set_wm_state (frame
, add
, what
, what2
)
8469 const char *atom
= "_NET_WM_STATE";
8470 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8471 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
8473 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8475 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8477 (make_unibyte_string (what
, strlen (what
)),
8479 ? Fcons (make_unibyte_string (what2
, strlen (what2
)),
8485 x_set_sticky (f
, new_value
, old_value
)
8487 Lisp_Object new_value
, old_value
;
8491 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8492 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8493 "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", NULL
);
8496 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8499 do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
)
8502 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE");
8504 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8505 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8507 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN");
8512 const char *fs
= "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN";
8513 const char *fw
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ";
8514 const char *fh
= "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT";
8516 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8518 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fs
, NULL
);
8519 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fh
, NULL
);
8520 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, fw
, NULL
);
8522 /* If there are _NET_ atoms we assume we have extended window manager
8524 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8526 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8527 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fs
, NULL
);
8529 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8530 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, NULL
);
8532 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8533 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fh
, NULL
);
8535 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8536 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, fw
, fh
);
8540 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8544 return have_net_atom
;
8548 XTfullscreen_hook (f
)
8551 if (f
->async_visible
)
8554 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8562 x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, event
)
8564 XPropertyEvent
*event
;
8567 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8568 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8569 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8570 long max_len
= 65536;
8571 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8572 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8573 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8578 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8579 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, event
->window
,
8580 event
->atom
, 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8581 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8582 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8584 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8586 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8587 x_uncatch_errors ();
8592 x_uncatch_errors ();
8594 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8596 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8597 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8599 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8600 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8602 value
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8604 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8606 if (value
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8607 value
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8609 value
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8611 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
)
8612 value
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8613 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8620 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8623 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8626 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8629 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8634 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8635 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8637 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8641 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8642 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8644 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8647 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8650 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8651 return; // Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above).
8653 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8655 int width
= FRAME_COLS (f
), height
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
8656 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8658 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8660 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8661 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8662 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8663 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8664 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8666 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8667 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8669 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8670 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8673 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8675 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8676 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8677 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8682 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8683 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8684 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8685 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8686 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8687 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8688 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8691 x_check_expected_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
)
8696 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8698 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8699 window manager window around the frame. */
8701 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8703 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8705 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8710 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8711 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8712 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8714 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8716 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8717 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8719 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8720 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8722 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8725 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8726 frame's position. */
8728 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8732 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8733 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8734 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8735 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8736 of an exact comparison. */
8739 x_sync_with_move (f
, left
, top
, fuzzy
)
8741 int left
, top
, fuzzy
;
8745 while (count
++ < 50)
8747 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8749 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8750 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8753 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8754 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8758 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8761 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8762 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8765 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8769 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8770 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8772 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8776 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8777 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8778 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8779 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8782 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8787 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8789 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8790 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8791 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8793 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8794 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8795 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8797 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8799 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8800 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8802 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8803 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8805 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8806 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8807 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8809 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8810 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8811 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8812 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8814 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8815 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8816 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8817 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8818 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8820 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8822 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8823 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8824 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8826 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8827 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8828 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8829 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8830 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8832 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8836 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8837 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8838 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8839 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8842 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8850 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8851 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8853 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8856 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8858 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8859 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8860 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8861 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8862 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8863 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8864 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8865 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8866 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8869 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8871 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8873 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8875 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8877 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8878 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8880 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8881 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8882 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8883 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8884 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8889 /* Mouse warping. */
8892 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8898 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8899 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8901 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8902 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8904 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8905 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8909 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8910 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8914 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8917 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8923 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8924 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8928 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8931 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8935 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8936 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8937 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8938 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8939 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8948 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8949 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8950 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8951 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8955 /* Raise frame F. */
8962 if (f
->async_visible
)
8963 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8965 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8969 /* Lower frame F. */
8975 if (f
->async_visible
)
8978 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8979 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8984 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8987 x_ewmh_activate_frame (f
)
8990 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8991 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8993 const char *atom
= "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW";
8994 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, atom
))
8997 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8998 Fx_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8999 make_unibyte_string (atom
, strlen (atom
)),
9001 Fcons (make_number (1),
9002 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9008 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
9018 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9021 xembed_set_info (f
, flags
)
9023 enum xembed_info flags
;
9026 unsigned long data
[2];
9028 atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), "_XEMBED_INFO", False
);
9030 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9033 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), atom
, atom
,
9034 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9038 xembed_send_message (f
, time
, message
, detail
, data1
, data2
)
9041 enum xembed_message message
;
9048 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9049 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9050 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9051 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9052 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = time
;
9053 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = message
;
9054 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9055 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9056 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9058 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9059 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9060 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9063 /* Change of visibility. */
9065 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9066 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9067 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9068 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9069 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9070 finishes with it. */
9073 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9077 int original_top
, original_left
;
9078 int retry_count
= 2;
9084 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9086 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9088 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9090 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9091 call x_set_offset a second time
9092 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9093 before the window gets really visible. */
9094 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9095 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9096 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9097 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9099 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9101 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9102 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9103 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9104 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9105 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9108 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9109 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9111 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9113 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9114 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9116 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9117 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9119 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9120 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9121 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9124 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9126 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9127 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9128 so that incoming events are handled. */
9132 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9133 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9134 will set it when they are handled. */
9135 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9137 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9138 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9140 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9143 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9145 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9146 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9147 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9148 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9150 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9151 because the window manager may choose the position
9152 and we don't want to override it. */
9154 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9155 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9156 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9157 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9158 && previously_visible
)
9162 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9166 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9167 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9168 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9169 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9170 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9171 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9172 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9173 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9174 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9176 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9177 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9178 original_left
, original_top
);
9183 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9185 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9186 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9187 MapNotify at all.. */
9188 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9189 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9191 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9194 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9195 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9196 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9197 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9198 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9200 if (input_polling_used ())
9202 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9203 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9204 handler reset it. */
9205 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
9206 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9207 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9208 poll_for_input_1 ();
9209 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9212 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9213 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9218 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9222 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9223 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9224 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9225 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9227 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
9232 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9234 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9237 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9242 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9243 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9245 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9246 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9247 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9251 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9252 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9253 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9254 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9255 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9256 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9259 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9260 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9263 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9264 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9269 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9270 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9272 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9273 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9277 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9278 just by the event that we get from the server.
9279 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9280 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9281 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9283 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9284 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9285 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9292 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9301 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9302 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9303 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9305 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9310 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9312 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9314 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9317 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9319 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9320 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9322 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9325 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9326 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9332 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9334 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9336 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9337 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9338 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9339 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9340 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9341 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9342 so we have to record it here. */
9345 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9346 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9351 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9352 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9353 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9357 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9359 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9360 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9364 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9366 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9368 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9369 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9370 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9371 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9372 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9373 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9375 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9376 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9378 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9379 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9383 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9384 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9385 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9386 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9387 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9389 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9390 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9392 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9395 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9396 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9400 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9402 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9404 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9406 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9407 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9410 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9411 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9413 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9415 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9419 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9422 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9425 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9427 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9431 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9432 commands to the X server. */
9433 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9435 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9436 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9438 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9439 free_frame_faces (f
);
9441 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9442 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9444 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9445 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9446 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9447 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9448 toolkit scroll bars. */
9449 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9451 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9452 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9461 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9462 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9464 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9465 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9467 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9468 we are using a toolkit. */
9469 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9470 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9472 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9473 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9476 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9477 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9478 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9480 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9481 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9482 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9484 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9486 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9487 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9488 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9490 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9491 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9492 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9493 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9494 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9495 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9497 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9498 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9499 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9500 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9501 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9502 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9503 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9504 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9505 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9506 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9507 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9508 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9509 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9510 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9511 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9514 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9517 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9518 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9519 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9521 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9522 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9523 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9524 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9525 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9526 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9528 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9530 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9531 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9532 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9533 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9534 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9535 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9536 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9543 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9546 x_destroy_window (f
)
9549 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9551 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9552 commands to the X server. */
9553 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9554 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9556 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9560 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9562 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9563 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9564 that the window now has.
9565 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9566 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9567 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9571 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9576 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9578 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9581 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9584 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9586 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9587 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9589 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9590 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9592 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9593 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9594 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9595 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9596 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9597 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9598 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9599 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9600 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9601 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9603 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9604 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9605 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9606 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9607 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9608 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9610 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9612 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9613 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9614 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9616 int base_width
, base_height
;
9617 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9619 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9620 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9622 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9624 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9625 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9626 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9627 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9628 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9630 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9631 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9632 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9634 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9635 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9636 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9637 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9638 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9641 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9644 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9647 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9650 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9651 long supplied_return
;
9654 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9657 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9658 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9659 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9660 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9661 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9665 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9670 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9671 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9672 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9673 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9674 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9675 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9676 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9677 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9681 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9686 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9687 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9691 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9692 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9694 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9696 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9698 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9700 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9703 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9707 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9710 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9711 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9712 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9713 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9715 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9716 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9718 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9719 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9723 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9727 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9729 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9730 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9735 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9736 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9737 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9738 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9742 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9750 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9754 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9758 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9759 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9760 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9761 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9764 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9766 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9767 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9769 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9773 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9777 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9779 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9780 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9781 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9783 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9787 /***********************************************************************
9789 ***********************************************************************/
9793 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9797 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9803 xassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9804 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9805 xassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9808 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9811 /***********************************************************************
9813 ***********************************************************************/
9815 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9816 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9817 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9818 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9820 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9821 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9822 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9824 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9825 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9826 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9827 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9828 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9829 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9830 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9833 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9835 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9837 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9839 static int x_initialized
;
9842 static int x_session_initialized
;
9845 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9846 the screen number from the server number. */
9848 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
9849 const char *name1
, *name2
;
9852 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9853 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
9854 int length_until_period
= 0;
9856 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9857 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9858 length_until_period
++;
9860 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9861 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9863 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9865 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9866 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9867 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9868 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9869 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9870 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9871 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9872 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9873 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9874 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9875 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9876 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9877 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9878 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9880 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9884 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9888 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9889 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9892 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9893 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9896 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
9920 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9921 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9924 x_display_ok (display
)
9925 const char *display
;
9930 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9932 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9938 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9939 the structure that describes the open display.
9940 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9942 struct x_display_info
*
9943 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
9944 Lisp_Object display_name
;
9946 char *resource_name
;
9950 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9951 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9962 if (! x_display_ok (SDATA (display_name
)))
9963 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SDATA (display_name
));
9969 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9970 char **argv2
= argv
;
9973 #ifndef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
9974 if (!EQ (Vinitial_window_system
, intern ("x")))
9975 error ("Sorry, you cannot connect to X servers with the GTK toolkit");
9978 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9980 #ifdef HAVE_GTK_MULTIDISPLAY
9981 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
9982 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
9983 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
9984 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
9986 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
9990 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9994 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9996 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9998 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
9999 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10002 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10003 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10005 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10007 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10009 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10013 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10015 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10016 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10018 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10020 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10021 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10023 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10024 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10026 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10027 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10030 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10031 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10034 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10035 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10036 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10038 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10039 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10040 So let's not use it until R6. */
10041 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10042 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10053 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10054 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10056 turn_on_atimers (0);
10057 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10058 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10059 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10061 turn_on_atimers (1);
10063 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10064 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10069 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10070 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10071 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10072 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10073 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10075 /* Detect failure. */
10082 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10084 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10085 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10087 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10090 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10093 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10094 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10095 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10096 SDATA (display_name
)))
10099 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10102 terminal
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10103 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10104 terminal
->kboard
->Vwindow_system
= intern ("x");
10105 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10107 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10108 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal */
10109 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10111 terminal
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10112 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10113 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10115 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10116 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10119 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10120 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10121 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10122 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10123 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10124 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10125 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10127 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10130 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10131 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10132 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10134 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10135 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10136 x_display_name_list
);
10137 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10139 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10141 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10142 terminal
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10143 strncpy (terminal
->name
, SDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10144 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10147 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10151 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10152 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10154 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10155 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10157 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10158 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10160 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10162 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10163 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10164 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10166 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10167 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10169 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10170 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10171 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10172 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10174 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10176 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10178 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10180 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10181 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10182 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10183 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10184 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10185 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10186 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10187 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10188 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10189 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10190 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10191 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10192 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10193 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10194 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10195 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10196 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10197 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10198 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10199 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10200 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10201 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10202 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10203 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10204 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10205 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10206 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10207 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10209 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10210 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10211 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10213 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10215 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10216 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10217 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10218 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10219 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10220 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10223 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10224 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10226 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10229 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10230 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10231 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10233 if (STRINGP (value
)
10234 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10235 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10236 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10240 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10241 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10244 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10245 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10246 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10247 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10248 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10249 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10250 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10251 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10252 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10255 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10256 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10257 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10258 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10259 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10260 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10261 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10262 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10263 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10264 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10265 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10266 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10267 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10268 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10269 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10270 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10271 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10272 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10273 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10274 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10275 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10276 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10277 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10278 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10279 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10280 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10281 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10282 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10283 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10284 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10285 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10286 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10287 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10288 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10289 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10290 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10291 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10292 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10293 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10294 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10295 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10296 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10297 /* For properties of font. */
10298 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10299 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10300 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10301 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10302 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10303 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10304 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10305 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10306 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10307 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10309 /* Ghostscript support. */
10310 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10311 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10313 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10316 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_XEMBED",
10319 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
10320 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE", False
);
10321 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen_atom
10322 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", False
);
10323 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
10324 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ", False
);
10325 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
10326 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT", False
);
10327 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
10328 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", False
);
10330 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10332 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10333 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10334 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof (*dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
)
10335 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10337 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10338 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10339 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10341 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10342 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10345 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10346 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10348 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10350 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10351 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10355 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10358 #ifdef subprocesses
10359 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10360 if (connection
!= 0)
10361 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10365 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10366 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10369 if (interrupt_input
)
10370 init_sigio (connection
);
10371 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10375 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10376 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10379 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10380 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10381 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10382 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10383 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10384 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10385 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10386 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10388 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10389 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10390 x_uncatch_errors ();
10394 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10395 for debugging X code. */
10398 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10399 build_string ("synchronous"),
10400 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10402 if (STRINGP (value
)
10403 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10404 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10405 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10410 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10411 build_string ("useXIM"),
10412 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10415 if (STRINGP (value
)
10416 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "false")
10417 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "off")))
10420 if (STRINGP (value
)
10421 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10422 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10428 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10429 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10431 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10432 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10440 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10441 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10444 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10445 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10448 struct terminal
*t
;
10450 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10452 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10453 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10456 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10457 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10460 delete_terminal (t
);
10464 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10466 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10467 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10468 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10469 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10470 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10475 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10476 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10478 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10480 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10483 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10487 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10488 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10490 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10491 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10494 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10496 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10497 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10498 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10501 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10502 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10503 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10507 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10509 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10510 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10511 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10512 that slows us down. */
10515 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10516 struct atimer
*timer
;
10519 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10520 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10522 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10523 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10524 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10525 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10530 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10531 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10532 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10533 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10534 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10535 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10536 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10539 x_activate_timeout_atimer ()
10542 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10544 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10546 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10547 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10548 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10553 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10556 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10558 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10560 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10562 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10566 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10568 x_after_update_window_line
,
10569 x_update_window_begin
,
10570 x_update_window_end
,
10576 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10578 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10579 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10580 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10581 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10582 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10583 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10584 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10585 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10586 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10587 x_clear_frame_area
,
10588 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10589 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10590 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10594 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10596 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10598 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10601 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10602 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10603 if (!terminal
->name
)
10608 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10611 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10614 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10615 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10616 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10618 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10619 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10621 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10622 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10623 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10624 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10626 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10627 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10628 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10629 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10630 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10631 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10632 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10633 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10634 leaks in other situations. */
10636 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10637 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10639 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10641 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10642 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10643 closing all the displays. */
10644 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10648 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10650 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10651 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10653 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10655 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10658 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10662 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10663 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10665 static struct terminal
*
10666 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10668 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10670 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10672 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10673 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10674 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10676 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10678 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10679 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10680 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10681 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10682 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10683 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10684 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10685 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10686 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10687 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10688 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10689 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10690 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10691 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10692 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10693 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10694 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10695 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10696 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10697 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10699 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10700 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10702 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10703 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10704 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10705 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10706 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10707 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10719 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10720 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10721 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10723 x_session_initialized
= 0;
10727 current_count
= -1;
10730 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10731 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10733 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10734 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10736 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10738 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10739 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10740 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10741 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10742 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10743 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10744 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10746 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10749 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10751 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10752 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10756 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10757 original error handler. */
10758 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10759 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10761 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10768 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10770 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10771 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10773 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10774 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10776 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10777 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10779 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10780 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10782 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10783 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10786 xg_default_icon_file
= build_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10787 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10790 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10791 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10792 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10793 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10794 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10795 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10796 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10798 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10800 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10801 &x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10802 doc
: /* *Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10803 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10804 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10805 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10806 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10808 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10809 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10810 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10811 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10812 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10813 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10814 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10815 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10816 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10818 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10819 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10820 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10821 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10822 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10824 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10825 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10826 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10828 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10830 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10833 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10836 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10837 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10839 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10840 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10841 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10842 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10843 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10844 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10845 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10846 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10847 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10849 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10850 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10851 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10852 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10853 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10854 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10856 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10857 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10858 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10859 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10860 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10861 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10863 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10864 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10865 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10866 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10867 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10868 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10870 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10871 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10872 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10873 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10874 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10875 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10877 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10878 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10879 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10880 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10881 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10885 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10887 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10888 (do not change this comment) */